1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 305 * 306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 307 * 308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 309 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 314 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 318 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 319 * compatibility only. 320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 321 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 325 * 326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 327 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 328 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 330 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 332 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 334 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 335 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 339 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 340 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 348 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 350 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 351 * 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 354 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 355 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 356 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 359 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 360 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 363 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 366 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 367 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 369 * attributes determining channel width. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 373 * 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 377 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 379 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 381 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 382 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 383 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 384 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 385 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 386 * frame). 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 389 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 390 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 392 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 401 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 402 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 407 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 408 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 409 * global regdomain will be returned. 410 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 411 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 412 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 413 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 414 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 415 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 416 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 417 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 418 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 420 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 421 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 422 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 423 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 424 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 425 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 426 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 427 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 430 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 431 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 432 * 433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 434 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 435 * 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 437 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 438 * 439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 440 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 441 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 442 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 443 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 444 * added to all specified management frames generated by 445 * kernel/firmware/driver. 446 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 447 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 448 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 449 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 450 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 451 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 452 * 453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 456 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 457 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 458 * be used. 459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 460 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 462 * partial scan results may be available 463 * 464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 465 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 466 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 467 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 468 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 469 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 470 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 471 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 472 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 473 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 474 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 475 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 476 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 477 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 478 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 479 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 480 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 481 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 482 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 483 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 484 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 485 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 488 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 489 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 491 * results available. 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 493 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 494 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 495 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 496 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 497 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 498 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 499 * 500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 501 * or noise level 502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 503 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 504 * 505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 506 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 507 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 508 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 509 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 510 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 511 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 512 * ESS. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 514 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 515 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 516 * authentication. 517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 518 * 519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 520 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 521 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 522 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 523 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 524 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 525 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 526 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 527 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 528 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 530 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 531 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 532 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 533 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 534 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 535 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 536 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 537 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 538 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 539 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 540 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 541 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 542 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 543 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 544 * the beacon hint was processed. 545 * 546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 547 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 548 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 549 * authentication process. 550 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 551 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 552 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 553 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 554 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 556 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 557 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 558 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 559 * to the frame. 560 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 561 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 562 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 563 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 564 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 565 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 566 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 567 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 568 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 569 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 570 * pending authentication timed out). 571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 572 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 573 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 574 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 576 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 577 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 578 * included). 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 581 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 582 * primitives). 583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 584 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 585 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 586 * 587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 588 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 589 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 590 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 591 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 592 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 593 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 594 * 595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 596 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 597 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 598 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 599 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 600 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 601 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 602 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 604 * determined by the network interface. 605 * 606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 607 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 608 * to the driver. 609 * 610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 611 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 612 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 614 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 618 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 620 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 621 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 622 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 623 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 624 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 625 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 626 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 627 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 628 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 629 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 630 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 631 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 632 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 633 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 634 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 635 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 636 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 637 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 638 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 639 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 640 * a different BSS is desired. 641 * Background scan period can optionally be 642 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 643 * if not specified default background scan configuration 644 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 645 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 646 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 647 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 648 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 649 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 650 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 651 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 652 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 653 * well to remain backwards compatible. 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 655 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 656 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 659 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 660 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 662 * 663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 664 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 665 * 666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 667 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 668 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 669 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 671 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 672 * frequency for the operation. 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 674 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 675 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 676 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 677 * radio). 678 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 679 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 680 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 682 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 683 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 685 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 686 * uniquely identify the request. 687 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 688 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 689 * 690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 691 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 692 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 693 * 694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 695 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 696 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 697 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 698 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 699 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 700 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 701 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 702 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 703 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 704 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 705 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 706 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 708 * backward compatibility 709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 710 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 711 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 712 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 713 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 714 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 715 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 716 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 717 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 718 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 719 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 720 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 721 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 722 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 723 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 724 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 725 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 726 * is used during CSA period. 727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 728 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 729 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 730 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 731 * wait time. 732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 734 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 735 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 736 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 737 * the frame. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 739 * backward compatibility. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 743 * 744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 745 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 746 * levels. 747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 748 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 749 * reached. 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 751 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 752 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 753 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 754 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 755 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 756 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 757 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 758 * precedence when they are used. 759 * 760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 761 * (no longer supported). 762 * 763 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 764 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 765 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 766 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 767 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 768 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 769 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 770 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 771 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 772 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 773 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 774 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 775 * command, the feature is disabled. 776 * 777 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 778 * mesh config parameters may be given. 779 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 780 * network is determined by the network interface. 781 * 782 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 783 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 784 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 785 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 786 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 787 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 790 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 791 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 792 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 794 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 795 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 796 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 797 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 798 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 799 * depending on the authentication result. 800 * 801 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 802 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 803 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 804 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 805 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 806 * more background information, see 807 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 808 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 809 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 810 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 811 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 812 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 813 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 814 * 815 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 816 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 817 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 818 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 819 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 820 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 821 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 822 * 823 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 824 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 827 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 828 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 829 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 830 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 831 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 832 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 833 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 834 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 835 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 836 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 837 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 838 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 839 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 840 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 841 * 842 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 843 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 844 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 845 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 846 * is received. 847 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 848 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 849 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 850 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 851 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 854 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 855 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 856 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 859 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 860 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 861 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 862 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 863 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 864 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 865 * 866 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 867 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 868 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 869 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 872 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 873 * 874 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 875 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 876 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 877 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 878 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 879 * from the remote AP) is completed; 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 882 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 883 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 884 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 885 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 886 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 887 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 888 * interfaces to change channel as well. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 891 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 892 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 893 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 894 * public action frame TX. 895 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 896 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 897 * 898 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 899 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 900 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 901 * is used for this. 902 * 903 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 904 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 907 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 908 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 909 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 910 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 911 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 912 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 913 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 914 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 915 * 916 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 917 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 918 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 919 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 920 * while operating on this channel. 921 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 922 * event. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 925 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 926 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 927 * 928 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 929 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 932 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 933 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 934 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 935 * 936 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 937 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 938 * complete. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 941 * return back to normal. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 944 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 947 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 948 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 950 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 951 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 952 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 953 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 954 * switch is complete. 955 * 956 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 957 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 958 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 959 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 960 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 961 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 962 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 963 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 964 * 965 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 966 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 967 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 968 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 969 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 972 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 974 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 975 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 976 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 977 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 978 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 979 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 980 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 981 * fail even if the check was successful. 982 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 983 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 984 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 985 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 986 * 987 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 988 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 989 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 990 * 991 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 992 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 993 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 994 * network is determined by the network interface. 995 * 996 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 997 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 998 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 999 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1000 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1001 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1002 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1003 * AP. 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1005 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1006 * when this command completes. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1009 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1010 * management. 1011 * 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1013 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1014 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1015 * 1016 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1018 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1019 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1020 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1023 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1024 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1025 * added. 1026 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1027 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1028 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1029 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1030 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1031 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1032 * of the function upon success. 1033 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1034 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1035 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1036 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1037 * which just terminated. 1038 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1039 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1040 * the response to this command. 1041 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1042 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1043 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1044 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1045 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1046 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1047 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1048 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1049 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1051 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1052 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1053 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1054 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1055 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1056 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1057 * 1058 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1059 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1060 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1061 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1062 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1063 * 1064 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1065 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1066 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1067 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1069 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1070 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1072 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1073 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1074 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1075 * should be indicated instead. 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1077 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1078 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1079 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1080 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1081 * 802.11 headers. 1082 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1084 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1085 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1086 * 1087 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1088 * 1089 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1090 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1091 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1092 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1093 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1094 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1095 * 1096 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1097 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1098 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1099 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1100 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1101 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1102 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1103 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1104 * command interface. 1105 * 1106 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1107 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1108 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1109 * 1110 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1111 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1113 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1114 * 1115 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1116 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1117 * 1118 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1119 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1121 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1122 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1123 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1124 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1125 * the netlink extended ack message. 1126 * 1127 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1128 * 1129 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1130 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1131 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1132 * buffer size. 1133 * 1134 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1135 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1136 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1137 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1138 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1139 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1140 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1141 * 1142 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1143 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1144 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1145 * determining the width and type. 1146 * 1147 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1148 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1149 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1150 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1151 * 1152 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1153 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1154 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1155 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1156 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1157 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1158 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1159 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1160 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1161 * rate selection. 1162 * 1163 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1164 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1165 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1166 * 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1168 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1169 * 1170 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1171 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1172 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1173 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1174 * 1175 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1176 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1178 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1179 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1180 * 1181 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1182 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1183 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1184 * 1185 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1186 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1187 */ 1188 enum nl80211_commands { 1189 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1190 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1191 1192 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1194 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1195 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1196 1197 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1198 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1199 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1200 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1201 1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1204 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1206 1207 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1209 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1210 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1211 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1212 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1213 1214 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1215 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1216 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1217 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1218 1219 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1220 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1221 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1222 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1223 1224 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1225 1226 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1227 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1228 1229 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1230 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1233 1234 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1237 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1238 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1239 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1240 1241 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1244 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1245 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1246 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1247 1248 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1249 1250 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1253 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1254 1255 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1256 1257 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1258 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1259 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1260 1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1262 1263 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1264 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1265 1266 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1268 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1271 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1272 1273 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1274 1275 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1276 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1277 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1278 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1279 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1280 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1281 1282 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1283 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1286 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1287 1288 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1289 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1292 1293 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1294 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1297 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1298 1299 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1303 1304 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1305 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1306 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1307 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1308 1309 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1310 1311 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1314 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1317 1318 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1319 1320 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1321 1322 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1323 1324 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1325 1326 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1327 1328 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1329 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1330 1331 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1332 1333 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1336 1337 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1338 1339 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1340 1341 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1342 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1343 1344 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1345 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1346 1347 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1348 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1349 1350 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1351 1352 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1357 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1362 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1363 1364 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1367 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1368 1369 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1370 1371 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1372 1373 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1374 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1375 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1376 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1377 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1378 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1379 1380 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1381 1382 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1383 1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1385 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1388 1389 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1390 1391 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1394 1395 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1396 1397 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1400 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1401 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1404 1405 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1406 1407 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1414 1415 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1416 1417 /* add new commands above here */ 1418 1419 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1420 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1421 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1422 }; 1423 1424 /* 1425 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1426 * here 1427 */ 1428 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1429 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1430 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1431 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1432 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1433 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1434 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1435 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1436 1437 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1438 1439 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1440 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1441 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1442 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1443 1444 /** 1445 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1446 * 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1448 * 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1450 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1454 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1455 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1456 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1457 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1459 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1460 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1462 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1463 * operating channel center frequency. 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1465 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1467 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1468 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1469 * this attribute) 1470 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1471 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1472 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1473 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1475 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1476 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1478 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1479 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1481 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1482 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1484 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1485 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1487 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1488 * 1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1492 * 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1494 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1495 * 1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1497 * 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1499 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1500 * keys 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1503 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1505 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1508 * default management key 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1510 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1512 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1513 * 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1518 * 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1521 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1523 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1525 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1526 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1528 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1530 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1531 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1532 * 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1534 * consisting of a nested array. 1535 * 1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1538 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1541 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1542 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1543 * 1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1545 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1546 * 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1548 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1549 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1550 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1551 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1552 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1553 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1554 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1555 * to a specific alpha2. 1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1557 * rules. 1558 * 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1561 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1563 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1565 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1566 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1569 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1570 * 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1572 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1573 * of the interface mode. 1574 * 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1576 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1577 * 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1579 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1580 * 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1582 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1584 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1586 * that can be added to a scan request 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1588 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1590 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1594 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1596 * 1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1598 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1600 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1601 * 1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1603 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1604 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1605 * 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1607 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1608 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1611 * represented as a u32 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1613 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1614 * 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1616 * a u32 1617 * 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1619 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1620 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1621 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1622 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1624 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1625 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1626 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1627 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1628 * 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1630 * cipher suites 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1633 * for other networks on different channels 1634 * 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1636 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1637 * 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1639 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1640 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1641 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1642 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1643 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1644 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1645 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1646 * 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1648 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1651 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1652 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1653 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1654 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1655 * default in station mode. 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1657 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1658 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1659 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1660 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1661 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1664 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1666 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1667 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1668 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1669 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1670 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1671 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1672 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1673 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1674 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1675 * 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1677 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1678 * 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1680 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1681 * a local disconnect request. 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1683 * event (u16) 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1685 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1686 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1687 * 1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1689 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1690 * (an array of u32). 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1692 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1693 * u32). 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1695 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1696 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1698 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1699 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1700 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1701 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1702 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1703 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1704 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1705 * 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1707 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1709 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1712 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1713 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1714 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1715 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1716 * 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1718 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1720 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1721 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1722 * 1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1726 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1727 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1728 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1729 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1730 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1731 * completely from scratch. 1732 * 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1734 * 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1736 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1737 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1738 * 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1741 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1745 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1746 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1749 * 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1751 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1752 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1753 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1754 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1755 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1756 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1757 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1758 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1759 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1760 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1761 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1762 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1763 * 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1765 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1767 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1769 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1770 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1771 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1773 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1774 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1775 * 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1777 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1778 * 1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1780 * 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1782 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1785 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1786 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1787 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1788 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1791 * connected to this BSS. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1794 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1796 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1797 * for non-automatic settings. 1798 * 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1800 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1801 * 1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1803 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1804 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1805 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1806 * 1807 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1808 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1809 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1810 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1811 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1812 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1813 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1814 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1815 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1816 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1817 * 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1819 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1820 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1821 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1822 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1825 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1828 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1833 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1834 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1835 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1836 * nl80211 capability flag. 1837 * 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1839 * 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1841 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1842 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1843 * 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1845 * changed once the mesh is active. 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1847 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1849 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1850 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1852 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1853 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1854 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1855 * 1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1857 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1859 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1860 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1861 * triggers. 1862 * 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1864 * cycles, in msecs. 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1867 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1868 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1869 * pass-thru filter rules. 1870 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1871 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1872 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1873 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1874 * able to ignore them by itself. 1875 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1876 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1877 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1878 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1879 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1880 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1881 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1882 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1883 * 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1885 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1886 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1888 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1889 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1890 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1891 * 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1893 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1894 * 1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1896 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1897 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1898 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1899 * 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1901 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1902 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1905 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1906 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1907 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1909 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1910 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1911 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1912 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1913 * 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1915 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1917 * as AP. 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1920 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1921 * 1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1923 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1924 * 1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1926 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1927 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1928 * applications use this attribute. 1929 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1930 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1931 * 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1933 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1934 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1936 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1938 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1940 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1942 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1943 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1944 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1945 * 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1947 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1948 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1949 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1950 * 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1952 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1953 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1954 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1957 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1959 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1960 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1961 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1964 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1965 * to be filled by the FW. 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1967 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 1968 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 1970 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 1971 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 1973 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 1974 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1976 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1977 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1978 * The values that may be configured are: 1979 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1980 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1981 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1982 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1983 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1986 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1987 * to one DFS region. 1988 * 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1990 * up to 16 TIDs. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1993 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1994 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1995 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1996 * capability to timeout the stations. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1999 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2000 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2003 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2004 * 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2006 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2007 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2008 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2009 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2012 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2013 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2014 * 2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2016 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2017 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2018 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2019 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2020 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2021 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2022 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2023 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2024 * consistent. 2025 * 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2027 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2028 * 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2032 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2034 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2035 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2036 * no change is made. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2039 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2042 * carried in a u32 attribute 2043 * 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2045 * MAC ACL. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2048 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2049 * ACL. 2050 * 2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2052 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2055 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2056 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2058 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2059 * 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2061 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2064 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2065 * and PU-APSD. 2066 * 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2068 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2069 * 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2071 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2072 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2073 * 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2077 * Element 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2080 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2082 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2083 * 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2085 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2086 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2087 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2088 * 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2092 * until the channel switch event. 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2094 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2095 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2096 * was requested by the AP. 2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2098 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2100 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2102 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2103 * 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2105 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2108 * 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2110 * operating classes. 2111 * 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2113 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2114 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2115 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2116 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2117 * IBSS network. 2118 * 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2120 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2122 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2125 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2126 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2127 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2128 * u8 attribute. 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2131 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2134 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2136 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2139 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2140 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2141 * 2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2144 * 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2146 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2147 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2148 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2149 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2150 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2151 * 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2153 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2155 * supported number of csa counters. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2158 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2159 * 2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2161 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2162 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2163 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2164 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2165 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2166 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2167 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2168 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2169 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2170 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2171 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2172 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2173 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2174 * multicast group. 2175 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2176 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2177 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2178 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2179 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2180 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2181 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2182 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2183 * 2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2185 * the TDLS link initiator. 2186 * 2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2188 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2189 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2190 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2191 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2192 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2193 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2194 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2195 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2196 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2197 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2198 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2201 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2202 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2203 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2204 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2205 * 2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2209 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2210 * 2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2212 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2215 * 2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2217 * 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2219 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2220 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2221 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2224 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2225 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2226 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2227 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2228 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2229 * 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2231 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2232 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2233 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2234 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2235 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2236 * over all channels. 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2239 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2240 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2241 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2242 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2244 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2247 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2249 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2251 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2253 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2254 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2255 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2256 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2257 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2259 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2260 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2261 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2263 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2264 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2265 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2266 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2267 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2268 * 2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2270 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2271 * 2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2273 * 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2275 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2276 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2277 * interface type. 2278 * 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2280 * groupID for monitor mode. 2281 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2282 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2283 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2284 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2285 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2286 * each group. 2287 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2288 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2289 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2290 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2291 * groupID data. 2292 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2294 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2295 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2296 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2299 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2300 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2301 * attribute must not be included). 2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2303 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2305 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2306 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2307 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2308 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2310 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2311 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2312 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2313 * 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2315 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2318 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2319 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2320 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2321 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2323 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2324 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2325 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2326 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2327 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2328 * the device will decide what to use. 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2330 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2331 * attribute. 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2333 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2335 * protection. 2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2337 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2338 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2341 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2342 * 2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2344 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2347 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2348 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2349 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2350 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2351 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2352 * unnecessary wakeups. 2353 * 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2355 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2356 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2357 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2358 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2361 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2362 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2363 * 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2365 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2366 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2367 * 2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2369 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2370 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2373 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2374 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2375 * 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2377 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2378 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2379 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2380 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2381 * 2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2383 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2384 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2385 * 2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2387 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2388 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2389 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2390 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2391 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2392 * is included as well. 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2395 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2397 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2398 * 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2400 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2401 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2404 * 2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2406 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2407 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2408 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2410 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2411 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2412 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2413 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2414 * 2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2416 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2417 * 2418 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2419 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2421 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2423 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2424 * enforced. 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2426 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2428 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2429 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2430 * 2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2432 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2433 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2434 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2435 * 2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2437 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2438 * 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2440 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2441 * invalid value. 2442 * 2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2444 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2445 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2446 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2447 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2448 * 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2450 * scheduler. 2451 * 2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2453 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2454 * possible values. 2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2456 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2457 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2458 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2459 * or per-station. 2460 * 2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2462 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2463 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2464 * 2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2466 * 2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2468 * functionality. 2469 * 2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2471 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2472 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2474 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2475 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2476 * 2477 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2478 * (u16). 2479 * 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2481 * 2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2483 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2484 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2485 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2486 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2487 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2488 * 2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2490 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2491 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2492 * attributes. 2493 * 2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2495 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2496 * 2497 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2498 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2499 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2500 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2501 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2502 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2503 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2504 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2505 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2506 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2507 * 2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2509 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2510 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2511 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2512 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2513 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2514 * has expired. 2515 * 2516 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2517 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2518 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2519 * disassociation is still forced. 2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2521 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2523 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2524 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2526 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2528 * 2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2530 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2531 * 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2533 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2534 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2535 * 2536 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2537 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2538 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2539 * 2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2541 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2543 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2544 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2545 * 2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2547 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2548 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2549 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2550 * 2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2552 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2553 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2554 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2555 * 2556 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2557 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2558 * is desired. 2559 * 2560 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2562 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2563 */ 2564 enum nl80211_attrs { 2565 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2566 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2567 2568 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2570 2571 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2572 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2573 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2576 2577 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2578 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2581 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2582 2583 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2584 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2585 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2586 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2587 2588 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2592 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2593 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2598 2599 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2602 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2613 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2618 2619 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2620 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2621 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2622 2623 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2624 2625 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2626 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2627 2628 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2629 2630 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2631 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2632 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2633 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2634 2635 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2639 2640 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2642 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2643 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2644 2645 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2648 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2649 2650 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2651 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2654 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2657 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2658 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2659 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2660 2661 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2664 2665 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2666 2667 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2668 2669 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2670 2671 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2672 2673 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2674 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2678 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2679 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2683 2684 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2694 2695 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2696 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2699 2700 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2703 2704 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2707 2708 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2715 2716 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2717 2718 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2719 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2720 2721 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2722 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2724 2725 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2726 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2727 2728 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2729 2730 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2731 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2746 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2747 2748 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2749 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2752 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2757 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2758 2759 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2760 2761 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2762 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2763 2764 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2769 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2770 2771 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2773 2774 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2777 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2778 2779 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2785 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2786 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2787 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2788 2789 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2790 2791 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2796 2797 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2798 2799 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2800 2801 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2802 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2805 2806 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2807 2808 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2815 2816 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2817 2818 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2821 2822 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2823 2824 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2825 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2826 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2827 2828 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2829 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2830 2831 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2838 2839 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2840 2841 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2842 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2843 2844 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2845 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2848 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2851 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2852 2853 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2857 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2862 2863 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2864 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2865 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2866 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2867 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2868 2869 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2878 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2879 2880 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2881 2882 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2883 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2884 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2885 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2888 2889 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2890 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2895 2896 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2897 2898 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2899 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2900 2901 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2902 2903 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2904 2905 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2909 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2910 2911 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2914 2915 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2918 2919 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2920 2921 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2922 2923 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2924 2925 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2926 2927 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2930 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2931 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2932 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2935 2936 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2937 2938 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2941 2942 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2943 2944 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2945 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2946 2947 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2948 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2950 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2951 2952 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2953 2954 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2955 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2956 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2960 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2961 2962 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2972 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2973 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2974 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2975 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2976 2977 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2978 2979 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2980 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2981 2982 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2983 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2984 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2985 2986 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2987 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2990 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2995 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2996 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2997 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2998 2999 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3000 3001 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3010 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3011 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3012 3013 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3014 3015 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3016 3017 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3018 3019 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3020 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3021 3022 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3023 3024 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3025 3026 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3027 3028 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3029 3030 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3031 3032 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3033 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3034 3035 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3036 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3037 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3038 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3039 3040 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3047 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3048 3049 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3050 3051 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3052 3053 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3054 3055 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3056 3057 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3058 3059 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3060 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3061 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3062 }; 3063 3064 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3065 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3066 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3067 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3068 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3069 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3070 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3071 3072 /* 3073 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3074 * here 3075 */ 3076 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3077 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3078 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3079 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3080 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3081 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3082 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3083 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3084 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3085 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3086 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3087 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3088 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3089 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3090 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3091 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3092 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3093 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3094 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3095 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3096 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3097 3098 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3099 3100 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3101 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3102 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3103 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3104 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3105 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3106 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3107 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3108 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3109 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3110 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3111 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3112 3113 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3114 3115 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3116 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3117 3118 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3119 3120 /** 3121 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3122 * 3123 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3124 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3125 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3126 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3127 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3128 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3129 * AP type interface. 3130 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3131 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3132 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3133 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3134 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3135 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3136 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3137 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3138 * commands to create and destroy one 3139 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3140 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3141 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3142 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3143 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3144 * 3145 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3146 * to set the type of an interface. 3147 * 3148 */ 3149 enum nl80211_iftype { 3150 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3151 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3152 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3153 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3154 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3155 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3156 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3157 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3158 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3159 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3160 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3161 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3162 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3163 3164 /* keep last */ 3165 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3166 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3167 }; 3168 3169 /** 3170 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3171 * 3172 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3173 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3174 * 3175 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3176 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3177 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3178 * with short barker preamble 3179 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3180 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3181 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3182 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3183 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3184 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3185 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3186 * as errors.) 3187 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3188 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3189 * previously added station into associated state 3190 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3191 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3192 */ 3193 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3194 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3195 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3196 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3197 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3198 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3199 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3200 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3201 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3202 3203 /* keep last */ 3204 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3205 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3206 }; 3207 3208 /** 3209 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3210 * 3211 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3212 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3213 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3214 */ 3215 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3216 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3217 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3218 3219 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3220 }; 3221 3222 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3223 3224 /** 3225 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3226 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3227 * @set: which values to set them to 3228 * 3229 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3230 */ 3231 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3232 __u32 mask; 3233 __u32 set; 3234 } __attribute__((packed)); 3235 3236 /** 3237 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3238 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3239 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3240 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3241 */ 3242 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3243 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3244 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3245 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3246 }; 3247 3248 /** 3249 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3250 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3251 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3252 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3253 */ 3254 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3255 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3256 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3257 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3258 }; 3259 3260 /** 3261 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3262 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3263 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3264 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3265 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3266 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3267 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3268 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3269 */ 3270 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3271 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3272 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3273 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3274 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3275 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3276 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3277 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3278 }; 3279 3280 /** 3281 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3282 * 3283 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3284 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3285 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3286 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3287 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3288 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3289 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3290 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3291 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3292 * 3293 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3294 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3295 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3296 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3297 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3298 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3299 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3300 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3301 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3302 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3303 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3304 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3305 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3306 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3307 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3308 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3309 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3310 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3311 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3312 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3313 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3314 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3315 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3316 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3317 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3318 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3319 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3320 */ 3321 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3322 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3323 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3324 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3325 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3326 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3327 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3328 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3329 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3330 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3331 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3332 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3333 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3334 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3335 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3336 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3337 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3338 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3339 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3340 3341 /* keep last */ 3342 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3343 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3344 }; 3345 3346 /** 3347 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3348 * 3349 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3350 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3351 * 3352 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3353 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3354 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3355 * (flag) 3356 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3357 * (flag) 3358 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3359 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3360 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3361 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3362 */ 3363 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3364 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3365 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3366 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3367 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3368 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3369 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3370 3371 /* keep last */ 3372 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3373 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3374 }; 3375 3376 /** 3377 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3378 * 3379 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3380 * when getting information about a station. 3381 * 3382 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3384 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3385 * (u32, from this station) 3386 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3387 * (u32, to this station) 3388 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3389 * (u64, from this station) 3390 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3391 * (u64, to this station) 3392 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3393 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3394 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3395 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3396 * (u32, from this station) 3397 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3398 * (u32, to this station) 3399 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3400 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3401 * (u32, to this station) 3402 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3403 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3404 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3405 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3406 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3407 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3408 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3409 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3410 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3411 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3412 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3413 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3414 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3415 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3416 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3417 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3418 * non-peer STA 3419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3420 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3421 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3422 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3423 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3424 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3425 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3426 * (u64) 3427 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3428 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3429 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3430 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3431 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3432 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3433 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3434 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3435 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3436 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3437 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3438 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3439 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3440 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3441 * (u32, from this station) 3442 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3443 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3444 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3445 * might not be fully accurate. 3446 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3447 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3448 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3449 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3450 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3451 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3452 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3453 * of STA's association 3454 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3455 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3456 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3457 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3458 */ 3459 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3460 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3461 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3462 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3463 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3464 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3465 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3466 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3467 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3468 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3469 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3470 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3471 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3472 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3473 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3474 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3475 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3476 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3477 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3478 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3479 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3480 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3481 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3482 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3483 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3484 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3485 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3486 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3487 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3488 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3489 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3490 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3491 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3492 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3493 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3494 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3495 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3496 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3497 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3498 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3499 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3500 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3501 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3502 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3503 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3504 3505 /* keep last */ 3506 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3507 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3508 }; 3509 3510 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3511 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3512 3513 3514 /** 3515 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3516 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3517 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3518 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3519 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3520 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3521 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3522 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3523 * MSDUs (u64) 3524 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3525 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3526 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3527 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3528 */ 3529 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3530 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3531 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3532 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3533 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3534 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3535 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3536 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3537 3538 /* keep last */ 3539 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3540 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3541 }; 3542 3543 /** 3544 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3545 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3546 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3547 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3548 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3549 * backlogged 3550 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3551 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3552 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3553 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3554 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3555 * (only for per-phy stats) 3556 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3557 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3558 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3559 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3560 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3561 */ 3562 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3563 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3564 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3565 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3566 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3567 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3568 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3569 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3570 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3571 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3572 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3573 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3574 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3575 3576 /* keep last */ 3577 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3578 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3579 }; 3580 3581 /** 3582 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3583 * 3584 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3585 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3586 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3587 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3588 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3589 */ 3590 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3591 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3592 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3593 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3594 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3595 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3596 }; 3597 3598 /** 3599 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3600 * 3601 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3602 * information about a mesh path. 3603 * 3604 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3605 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3606 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3607 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3608 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3609 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3610 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3611 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3612 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3613 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3614 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3615 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3616 * currently defined 3617 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3618 */ 3619 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3620 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3621 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3622 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3623 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3624 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3625 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3626 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3627 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3628 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3629 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3630 3631 /* keep last */ 3632 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3633 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3634 }; 3635 3636 /** 3637 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3638 * 3639 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3640 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3641 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3642 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3643 * capabilities IE 3644 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3645 * capabilities IE 3646 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3647 * capabilities IE 3648 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3649 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3650 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3651 * defined 3652 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3653 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3654 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3655 */ 3656 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3657 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3658 3659 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3660 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3661 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3662 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3663 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3664 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3665 3666 /* keep last */ 3667 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3668 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3669 }; 3670 3671 /** 3672 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3673 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3674 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3675 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3676 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3677 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3678 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3679 * defined in 802.11n 3680 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3681 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3682 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3683 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3684 * defined in 802.11ac 3685 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3686 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3687 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3688 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3689 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3690 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3691 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3692 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3693 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3694 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3695 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3696 */ 3697 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3698 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3699 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3700 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3701 3702 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3703 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3704 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3705 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3706 3707 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3708 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3709 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3710 3711 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3712 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3713 3714 /* keep last */ 3715 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3716 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3717 }; 3718 3719 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3720 3721 /** 3722 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3723 * 3724 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3725 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3726 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3727 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3728 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3729 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3730 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3731 */ 3732 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3733 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3734 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3735 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3736 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3737 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3738 3739 /* keep last */ 3740 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3741 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3742 }; 3743 3744 /** 3745 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3746 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3747 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3748 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3749 * regulatory domain. 3750 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3751 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3752 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3753 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3754 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3755 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3756 * (100 * dBm). 3757 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3758 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3759 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3760 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3761 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3762 * channel as the control channel 3763 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3764 * channel as the control channel 3765 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3766 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3767 * this includes 80+80 channels 3768 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3769 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3770 * isn't possible 3771 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3772 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3773 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3774 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3775 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3776 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3777 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3778 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3779 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3780 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3781 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3782 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3783 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3784 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3785 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3786 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3787 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3788 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3789 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3790 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3791 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3792 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3793 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3794 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3795 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3796 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3797 * in current regulatory domain. 3798 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3799 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3800 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3801 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3802 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3803 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3804 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3805 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3806 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3807 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3808 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3809 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3810 * currently defined 3811 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3812 * 3813 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3814 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3815 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3816 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3817 */ 3818 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3819 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3820 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3821 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3822 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3823 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3824 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3825 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3826 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3827 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3828 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3829 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3830 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3831 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3832 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3833 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3834 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3835 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3836 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3837 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3838 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3839 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3840 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3841 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3842 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3843 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3844 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3845 3846 /* keep last */ 3847 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3848 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3849 }; 3850 3851 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3852 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3853 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3854 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3855 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3856 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3857 3858 /** 3859 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3860 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3861 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3862 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3863 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3864 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3865 * currently defined 3866 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3867 */ 3868 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3869 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3870 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3871 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3872 3873 /* keep last */ 3874 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3875 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3876 }; 3877 3878 /** 3879 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3880 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3881 * regulatory domain. 3882 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3883 * regulatory domain. 3884 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3885 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3886 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3887 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3888 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3889 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3890 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3891 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3892 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3893 */ 3894 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3895 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3896 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3897 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3898 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3899 }; 3900 3901 /** 3902 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3903 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3904 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3905 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3906 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3907 * domain. 3908 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3909 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3910 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3911 * them to be applied. 3912 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3913 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3914 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3915 * domain request to be processed. 3916 */ 3917 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3918 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3919 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3920 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3921 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3922 }; 3923 3924 /** 3925 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3926 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3927 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3928 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3929 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3930 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3931 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3932 * band edge. 3933 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3934 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3935 * band edge. 3936 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3937 * frequency range, in KHz. 3938 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3939 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3940 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3941 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3942 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3943 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3944 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3945 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3946 * currently defined 3947 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3948 */ 3949 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3950 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3951 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3952 3953 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3954 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3955 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3956 3957 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3958 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3959 3960 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3961 3962 /* keep last */ 3963 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3964 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3965 }; 3966 3967 /** 3968 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3969 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3970 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3971 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3972 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3973 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3974 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3975 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3976 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3977 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3978 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3979 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3980 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3981 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3982 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3983 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3984 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3985 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3986 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3987 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3988 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3989 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3990 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3991 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3992 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3993 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3994 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3995 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3996 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3997 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3998 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3999 * attribute number currently defined 4000 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4001 */ 4002 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4003 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4004 4005 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4006 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4007 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4008 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4009 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4010 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4011 4012 /* keep last */ 4013 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4014 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4015 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4016 }; 4017 4018 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4019 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4020 4021 /** 4022 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4023 * 4024 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4025 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4026 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4027 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4028 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4029 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4030 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4031 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4032 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4033 * beaconing. 4034 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4035 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4036 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4037 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4038 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4039 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4040 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4041 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4042 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4043 */ 4044 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4045 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4046 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4047 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4048 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4049 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4050 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4051 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4052 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4053 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4054 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4055 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4056 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4057 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4058 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4059 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4060 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4061 }; 4062 4063 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4064 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4065 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4066 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4067 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4068 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4069 4070 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4071 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4072 4073 /** 4074 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4075 * 4076 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4077 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4078 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4079 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4080 */ 4081 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4082 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4083 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4084 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4085 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4086 }; 4087 4088 /** 4089 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4090 * 4091 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4092 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4093 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4094 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4095 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4096 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4097 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4098 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4099 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4100 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4101 * supported feature. 4102 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4103 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4104 */ 4105 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4106 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4107 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4108 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4109 }; 4110 4111 /** 4112 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4113 * 4114 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4115 * when getting information about a survey. 4116 * 4117 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4118 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4119 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4120 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4121 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4122 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4123 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4124 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4125 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4126 * channel was sensed busy 4127 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4128 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4129 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4130 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4131 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4132 * (on this channel or globally) 4133 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4134 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4135 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4136 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4137 * currently defined 4138 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4139 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4140 */ 4141 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4142 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4143 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4144 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4145 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4146 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4147 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4148 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4149 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4150 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4151 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4152 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4153 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4154 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4155 4156 /* keep last */ 4157 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4158 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4159 }; 4160 4161 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4162 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4163 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4164 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4165 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4166 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4167 4168 /** 4169 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4170 * 4171 * Monitor configuration flags. 4172 * 4173 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4174 * 4175 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4176 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4177 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4178 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4179 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4180 * overrides all other flags. 4181 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4182 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4183 * 4184 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4185 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4186 */ 4187 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4188 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4189 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4190 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4191 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4192 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4193 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4194 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4195 4196 /* keep last */ 4197 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4198 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4199 }; 4200 4201 /** 4202 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4203 * 4204 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4205 * not known or has not been set yet. 4206 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4207 * in Awake state all the time. 4208 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4209 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4210 * neighbor's beacons. 4211 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4212 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4213 * for neighbor's beacons. 4214 * 4215 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4216 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4217 */ 4218 4219 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4220 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4221 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4222 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4223 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4224 4225 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4226 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4227 }; 4228 4229 /** 4230 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4231 * 4232 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4233 * active. 4234 * 4235 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4236 * 4237 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4238 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4239 * 4240 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4241 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4242 * 4243 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4244 * millisecond units 4245 * 4246 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4247 * on this mesh interface 4248 * 4249 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4250 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4251 * mesh 4252 * 4253 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4254 * point. 4255 * 4256 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4257 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4258 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4259 * set. 4260 * 4261 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4262 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4263 * target) 4264 * 4265 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4266 * (in milliseconds) 4267 * 4268 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4269 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4270 * 4271 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4272 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4273 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4274 * 4275 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4276 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4277 * reference element 4278 * 4279 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4280 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4281 * mesh 4282 * 4283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4284 * 4285 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4286 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4287 * 4288 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4289 * root announcements are transmitted. 4290 * 4291 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4292 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4293 * Announcement frames. 4294 * 4295 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4296 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4297 * PERR element. 4298 * 4299 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4300 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4301 * 4302 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4303 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4304 * a peer link. 4305 * 4306 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4307 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4308 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4309 * 4310 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4311 * 4312 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4313 * 4314 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4315 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4316 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4317 * 4318 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4319 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4320 * 4321 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4322 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4323 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4324 * 4325 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4326 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4327 * 4328 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4329 * 4330 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4331 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4332 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4333 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4334 * 4335 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4336 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4337 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4338 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4339 * 4340 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4341 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4342 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4343 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4344 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4345 * 4346 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4347 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4348 * in the mesh formation field. 4349 * 4350 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4351 */ 4352 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4353 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4354 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4355 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4356 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4357 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4358 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4359 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4360 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4361 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4362 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4363 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4364 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4365 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4366 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4367 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4368 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4369 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4370 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4371 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4372 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4373 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4374 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4375 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4376 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4377 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4378 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4379 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4380 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4381 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4382 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4383 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4384 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4385 4386 /* keep last */ 4387 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4388 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4389 }; 4390 4391 /** 4392 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4393 * 4394 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4395 * changed while the mesh is active. 4396 * 4397 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4398 * 4399 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4400 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4401 * default HWMP. 4402 * 4403 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4404 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4405 * metric. 4406 * 4407 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4408 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4409 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4410 * metrics in use. 4411 * 4412 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4413 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4414 * 4415 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4416 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4417 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4418 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4419 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4420 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4421 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4422 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4423 * userspace daemon. 4424 * 4425 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4426 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4427 * neighbor offset synchronization 4428 * 4429 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4430 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4431 * 4432 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4433 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4434 * Default is no authentication method required. 4435 * 4436 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4437 * 4438 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4439 */ 4440 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4441 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4442 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4443 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4444 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4445 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4446 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4447 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4448 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4449 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4450 4451 /* keep last */ 4452 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4453 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4454 }; 4455 4456 /** 4457 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4458 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4459 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4460 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4461 * disabled 4462 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4463 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4464 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4465 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4466 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4467 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4468 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4469 */ 4470 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4471 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4472 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4473 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4474 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4475 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4476 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4477 4478 /* keep last */ 4479 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4480 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4481 }; 4482 4483 enum nl80211_ac { 4484 NL80211_AC_VO, 4485 NL80211_AC_VI, 4486 NL80211_AC_BE, 4487 NL80211_AC_BK, 4488 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4489 }; 4490 4491 /* backward compat */ 4492 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4493 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4494 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4495 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4496 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4497 4498 /** 4499 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4500 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4501 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4502 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4503 * below the control channel 4504 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4505 * above the control channel 4506 */ 4507 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4508 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4509 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4510 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4511 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4512 }; 4513 4514 /** 4515 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4516 * 4517 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4518 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4519 * 4520 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4521 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4522 * 4523 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4524 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4525 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4526 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4527 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4528 */ 4529 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4530 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4531 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4532 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4533 }; 4534 4535 /** 4536 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4537 * 4538 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4539 * attribute. 4540 * 4541 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4542 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4543 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4544 * attribute must be provided as well 4545 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4546 * attribute must be provided as well 4547 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4548 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4549 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4550 * attribute must be provided as well 4551 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4552 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4553 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4554 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4555 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4556 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4557 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4558 */ 4559 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4560 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4561 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4562 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4563 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4564 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4565 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4566 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4567 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4568 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4569 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4570 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4571 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4572 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4573 }; 4574 4575 /** 4576 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4577 * 4578 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4579 * 4580 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4581 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4582 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4583 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4584 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4585 */ 4586 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4587 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4588 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4589 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4590 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4591 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4592 }; 4593 4594 /** 4595 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4596 * 4597 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4598 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4599 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4600 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4601 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4602 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4603 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4604 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4605 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4606 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4607 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4608 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4609 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4610 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4611 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4612 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4613 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4614 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4615 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4616 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4617 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4618 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4619 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4620 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4621 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4622 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4623 * yet been received 4624 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4625 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4626 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4627 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4628 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4629 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4630 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4631 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4632 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4633 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4634 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4635 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4636 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4637 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4638 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4639 * is set. 4640 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4641 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4642 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4643 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4644 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4645 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4646 */ 4647 enum nl80211_bss { 4648 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4649 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4650 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4651 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4652 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4653 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4654 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4655 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4656 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4657 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4658 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4659 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4660 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4661 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4662 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4663 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4664 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4665 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4666 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4667 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4668 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4669 4670 /* keep last */ 4671 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4672 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4673 }; 4674 4675 /** 4676 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4677 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4678 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4679 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4680 * a given BSS. 4681 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4682 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4683 * 4684 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4685 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4686 */ 4687 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4688 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4689 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4690 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4691 }; 4692 4693 /** 4694 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4695 * 4696 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4697 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4698 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4699 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4700 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4701 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4702 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4703 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4704 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4705 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4706 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4707 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4708 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4709 */ 4710 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4711 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4712 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4713 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4714 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4715 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4716 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4717 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4718 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4719 4720 /* keep last */ 4721 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4722 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4723 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4724 }; 4725 4726 /** 4727 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4728 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4729 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4730 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4731 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4732 */ 4733 enum nl80211_key_type { 4734 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4735 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4736 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4737 4738 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4739 }; 4740 4741 /** 4742 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4743 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4744 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4745 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4746 */ 4747 enum nl80211_mfp { 4748 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4749 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4750 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4751 }; 4752 4753 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4754 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4755 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4756 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4757 }; 4758 4759 /** 4760 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4761 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4762 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4763 * unicast key 4764 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4765 * multicast key 4766 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4767 */ 4768 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4769 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4770 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4771 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4772 4773 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4774 }; 4775 4776 /** 4777 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4778 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4779 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4780 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4781 * keys 4782 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4783 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4784 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4785 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4786 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4787 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4788 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4789 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4790 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4791 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4792 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4793 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4794 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4795 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4796 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4797 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4798 * 4799 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4800 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4801 */ 4802 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4803 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4804 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4805 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4806 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4807 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4808 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4809 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4810 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4811 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4812 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4813 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4814 4815 /* keep last */ 4816 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4817 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4818 }; 4819 4820 /** 4821 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4822 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4823 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4824 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4825 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4826 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4827 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4828 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4829 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4830 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4831 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4832 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4833 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4834 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4835 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4836 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4837 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4838 */ 4839 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4840 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4841 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4842 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4843 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4844 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4845 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4846 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4847 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4848 4849 /* keep last */ 4850 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4851 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4852 }; 4853 4854 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4855 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4856 4857 /** 4858 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4859 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4860 */ 4861 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4862 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4863 }; 4864 4865 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4866 /** 4867 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4868 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4869 */ 4870 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4871 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4872 }; 4873 4874 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4875 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4876 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4877 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4878 }; 4879 4880 /** 4881 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4882 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4883 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4884 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4885 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4886 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4887 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4888 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4889 */ 4890 enum nl80211_band { 4891 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4892 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4893 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4894 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4895 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4896 4897 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4898 }; 4899 4900 /** 4901 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4902 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4903 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4904 */ 4905 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4906 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4907 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4908 }; 4909 4910 /** 4911 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4912 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4913 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4914 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4915 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4916 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4917 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4918 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4919 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4920 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4921 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4922 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4923 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4924 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4925 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4926 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4927 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4928 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4929 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4930 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4931 * checked. 4932 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4933 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4934 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4935 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4936 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4937 * loss event 4938 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4939 * RSSI threshold event. 4940 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4941 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4942 */ 4943 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4944 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4945 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4946 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4947 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4948 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4949 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4950 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4951 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4952 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4953 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4954 4955 /* keep last */ 4956 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4957 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4958 }; 4959 4960 /** 4961 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4962 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4963 * configured threshold 4964 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4965 * configured threshold 4966 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4967 */ 4968 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4969 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4970 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4971 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4972 }; 4973 4974 4975 /** 4976 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4977 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4978 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4979 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4980 */ 4981 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4982 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4983 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4984 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4985 }; 4986 4987 /** 4988 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4989 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4990 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4991 */ 4992 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4993 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4994 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4995 }; 4996 4997 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4998 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4999 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5000 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5001 */ 5002 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5003 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5004 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5005 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5006 }; 5007 5008 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5009 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5010 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5011 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5012 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5013 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5014 * per peer instead. 5015 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5016 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5017 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5018 * should be left untouched. 5019 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5020 * Its type is u16. 5021 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5022 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5023 * Its type is u8. 5024 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5025 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5026 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5027 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5028 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5029 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5030 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5031 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5032 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5033 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5034 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5035 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5036 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5037 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5038 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5039 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5040 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5041 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5042 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5043 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5044 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5045 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5046 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5047 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5048 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5049 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5050 * station. 5051 */ 5052 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5053 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5054 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5055 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5056 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5057 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5058 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5059 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5060 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5061 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5062 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5063 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5064 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5065 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5066 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5067 5068 /* keep last */ 5069 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5070 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5071 }; 5072 5073 /** 5074 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5075 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5076 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5077 * a zero bit are ignored 5078 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5079 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5080 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5081 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5082 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5083 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5084 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5085 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5086 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5087 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5088 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5089 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5090 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5091 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5092 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5093 */ 5094 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5095 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5096 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5097 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5098 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5099 5100 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5101 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5102 }; 5103 5104 /** 5105 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5106 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5107 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5108 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5109 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5110 * 5111 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5112 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5113 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5114 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5115 * by the kernel to userspace. 5116 */ 5117 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5118 __u32 max_patterns; 5119 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5120 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5121 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5122 } __attribute__((packed)); 5123 5124 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5125 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5126 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5127 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5128 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5129 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5130 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5131 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5132 5133 /** 5134 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5135 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5136 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5137 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5138 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5139 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5140 * any others are even supported by the device. 5141 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5142 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5143 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5144 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5145 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5146 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5147 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5148 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5149 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5150 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5151 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5152 * 5153 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5154 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5155 * 5156 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5157 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5158 * to the kernel when configuring. 5159 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5160 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5161 * by the device (flag) 5162 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5163 * done by the device) (flag) 5164 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5165 * packet (flag) 5166 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5167 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5168 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5169 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5170 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5171 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5172 * attribute contains the original length. 5173 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5174 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5175 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5176 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5177 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5178 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5179 * contains the original length. 5180 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5181 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5182 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5183 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5184 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5185 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5186 * the TCP connection. 5187 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5188 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5190 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5191 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5192 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5193 * service 5194 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5195 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5196 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5197 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5198 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5199 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5200 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5201 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5202 * supported by the driver (u32). 5203 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5204 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5205 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5206 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5207 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5208 * occurred. 5209 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5210 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5211 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5212 * these attributes must be present. If 5213 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5214 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5215 * channel. 5216 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5217 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5218 * 5219 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5220 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5221 */ 5222 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5223 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5224 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5225 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5226 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5227 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5228 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5229 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5230 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5231 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5232 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5233 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5234 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5235 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5236 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5237 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5238 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5239 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5240 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5241 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5242 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5243 5244 /* keep last */ 5245 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5246 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5247 }; 5248 5249 /** 5250 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5251 * 5252 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5253 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5254 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5255 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5256 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5257 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5258 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5259 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5260 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5261 * 5262 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5263 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5264 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5265 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5266 * also woken up. 5267 * 5268 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5269 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5270 */ 5271 5272 /** 5273 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5274 * @start: starting value 5275 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5276 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5277 * 5278 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5279 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5280 * in little endian. 5281 */ 5282 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5283 __u32 start, offset, len; 5284 }; 5285 5286 /** 5287 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5288 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5289 * @len: length of each token 5290 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5291 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5292 */ 5293 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5294 __u32 offset, len; 5295 __u8 token_stream[]; 5296 }; 5297 5298 /** 5299 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5300 * @min_len: minimum token length 5301 * @max_len: maximum token length 5302 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5303 */ 5304 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5305 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5306 }; 5307 5308 /** 5309 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5310 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5311 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5312 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5313 * (in network byte order) 5314 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5315 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5316 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5317 * might require ARP querying. 5318 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5319 * socket and port will be allocated 5320 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5321 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5322 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5323 * of the data payload. 5324 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5325 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5326 * advertising it is just a flag 5327 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5328 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5329 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5331 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5332 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5333 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5334 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5335 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5336 * but on the TCP payload only. 5337 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5338 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5339 */ 5340 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5341 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5342 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5343 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5344 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5345 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5346 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5347 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5348 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5349 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5350 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5351 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5352 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5353 5354 /* keep last */ 5355 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5356 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5357 }; 5358 5359 /** 5360 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5361 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5362 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5363 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5364 * 5365 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5366 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5367 */ 5368 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5369 __u32 max_rules; 5370 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5371 __u32 max_delay; 5372 } __attribute__((packed)); 5373 5374 /** 5375 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5376 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5377 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5378 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5379 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5380 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5381 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5382 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5383 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5384 */ 5385 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5386 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5387 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5388 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5389 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5390 5391 /* keep last */ 5392 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5393 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5394 }; 5395 5396 /** 5397 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5398 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5399 * in a rule are matched. 5400 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5401 * in a rule are not matched. 5402 */ 5403 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5404 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5405 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5406 }; 5407 5408 /** 5409 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5410 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5411 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5412 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5413 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5414 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5415 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5416 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5417 */ 5418 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5419 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5420 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5421 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5422 5423 /* keep last */ 5424 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5425 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5426 }; 5427 5428 /** 5429 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5430 * 5431 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5432 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5433 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5434 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5435 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5436 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5437 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5438 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5439 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5440 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5441 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5442 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5443 * different channels may be used within this group. 5444 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5445 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5446 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5447 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5448 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5449 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5450 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5451 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5452 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5453 * 5454 * Examples: 5455 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5456 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5457 * 5458 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5459 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5460 * 5461 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5462 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5463 * 5464 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5465 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5466 * 5467 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5468 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5469 * that any of these groups must match. 5470 * 5471 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5472 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5473 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5474 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5475 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5476 */ 5477 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5478 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5479 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5480 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5481 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5482 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5483 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5484 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5485 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5486 5487 /* keep last */ 5488 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5489 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5490 }; 5491 5492 5493 /** 5494 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5495 * 5496 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5497 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5498 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5499 * this mesh peer 5500 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5501 * from this mesh peer 5502 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5503 * received from this mesh peer 5504 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5505 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5506 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5507 * plink are discarded 5508 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5509 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5510 */ 5511 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5512 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5513 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5514 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5515 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5516 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5517 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5518 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5519 5520 /* keep last */ 5521 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5522 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5523 }; 5524 5525 /** 5526 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5527 * 5528 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5529 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5530 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5531 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5532 */ 5533 enum plink_actions { 5534 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5535 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5536 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5537 5538 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5539 }; 5540 5541 5542 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5543 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5544 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5545 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5546 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5547 5548 /** 5549 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5550 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5551 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5552 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5553 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5554 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5555 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5556 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5557 */ 5558 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5559 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5560 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5561 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5562 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5563 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5564 5565 /* keep last */ 5566 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5567 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5568 }; 5569 5570 /** 5571 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5572 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5573 * Beacon frames) 5574 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5575 * in Beacon frames 5576 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5577 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5578 */ 5579 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5580 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5581 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5582 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5583 }; 5584 5585 /** 5586 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5587 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5588 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5589 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5590 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5591 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5592 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5593 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5594 */ 5595 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5596 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5597 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5598 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5599 5600 /* keep last */ 5601 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5602 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5603 }; 5604 5605 /** 5606 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5607 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5608 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5609 * priority) 5610 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5611 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5612 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5613 * (internal) 5614 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5615 * (internal) 5616 */ 5617 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5618 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5619 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5620 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5621 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5622 5623 /* keep last */ 5624 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5625 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5626 }; 5627 5628 /** 5629 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5630 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5631 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5632 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5633 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5634 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5635 */ 5636 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5637 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5638 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5639 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5640 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5641 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5642 }; 5643 5644 /* 5645 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5646 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5647 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5648 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5649 }; 5650 */ 5651 5652 /** 5653 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5654 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5655 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5656 * socket option. 5657 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5658 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5659 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5660 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5661 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5662 * cellular base stations. 5663 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5664 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5665 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5666 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5667 * mode 5668 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5669 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5670 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5671 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5672 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5673 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5674 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5675 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5676 * setting 5677 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5678 * powersave 5679 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5680 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5681 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5682 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5683 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5684 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5685 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5686 * states using station flags. 5687 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5688 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5689 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5690 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5691 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5692 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5693 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5694 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5695 * still generated by the driver. 5696 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5697 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5698 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5699 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5700 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5701 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5702 * lifetime of a BSS. 5703 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5704 * Set IE to probe requests. 5705 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5706 * to probe requests. 5707 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5708 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5709 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5710 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5711 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5712 * Measurement Report action frame. 5713 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5714 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5715 * to enable dynack. 5716 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5717 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5718 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5719 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5720 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5721 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5722 * rts/cts handshake. 5723 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5724 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5725 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5726 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5727 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5728 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5729 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5730 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5731 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5732 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5733 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5734 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5735 * address mask/value will be used. 5736 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5737 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5738 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5739 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5740 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5741 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5742 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5743 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5744 */ 5745 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5746 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5747 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5748 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5749 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5750 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5751 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5752 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5753 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5754 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5755 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5756 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5757 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5758 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5759 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5760 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5761 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5762 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5763 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5764 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5765 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5766 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5767 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5768 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5769 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5770 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5771 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5772 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5773 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5774 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5775 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5776 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5777 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5778 }; 5779 5780 /** 5781 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5782 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5783 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5784 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5785 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5786 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5787 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5788 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5789 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5790 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5791 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5792 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5793 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5794 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5795 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5796 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5797 * (if available). 5798 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5799 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5800 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5801 * (if available). 5802 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5803 * channel dwell time. 5804 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5805 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5807 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5808 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5809 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5810 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5811 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5812 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5813 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5814 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5815 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5816 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5817 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5818 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5819 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5820 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5821 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5823 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5824 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5825 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5826 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5828 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5829 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5830 * be supported. 5831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5832 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5833 * actual dwell time. 5834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5835 * response 5836 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5837 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5838 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5839 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5841 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5842 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5843 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5844 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5846 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5847 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5848 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5849 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5850 * "radar detected" event. 5851 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5852 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5853 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5854 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5855 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5856 * TXQs. 5857 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5858 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5860 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5861 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5862 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5863 * timing measurement responder role. 5864 * 5865 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5866 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5867 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5868 * freeze the connection. 5869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5870 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5871 * 5872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5873 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5874 * scheduling. 5875 * 5876 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5877 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5878 * 5879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5880 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5881 * 5882 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5883 * to a station. 5884 * 5885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5886 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5887 * 5888 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5889 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5890 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5891 * 5892 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5893 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5894 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5895 * 5896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5897 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5899 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5900 * 5901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5902 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5903 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5904 * 5905 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5906 * 5907 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5908 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5909 * 5910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5911 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5912 * 5913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5914 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5915 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5916 * included in the scan request. 5917 * 5918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5919 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5920 * 5921 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 5922 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 5923 * 5924 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5925 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 5926 * command). 5927 * 5928 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 5929 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 5930 * 5931 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 5932 * frames transmission 5933 * 5934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 5935 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 5936 * 5937 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 5938 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 5939 * 5940 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5941 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5942 */ 5943 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5944 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5945 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5946 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5947 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5948 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5949 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5950 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5951 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5952 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5953 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5954 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5955 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5956 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5957 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5958 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5959 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5960 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5961 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5962 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5963 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5964 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5965 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5966 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5967 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5968 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5969 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5970 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5971 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5972 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5973 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5974 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5975 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5976 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5977 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5978 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5979 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5980 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5981 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5982 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5983 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5984 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5985 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5986 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5987 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5988 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5989 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5990 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5991 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5992 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5993 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5994 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5995 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 5996 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 5997 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 5998 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 5999 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6000 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6001 6002 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6003 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6004 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6005 }; 6006 6007 /** 6008 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6009 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6010 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6011 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6012 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6013 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6014 * to the host. 6015 * 6016 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6017 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6018 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6019 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6020 */ 6021 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6022 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6023 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6024 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6025 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6026 }; 6027 6028 /** 6029 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6030 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6031 * handled by the AP is reached. 6032 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6033 */ 6034 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6035 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6036 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6037 }; 6038 6039 /** 6040 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6041 * 6042 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6043 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6044 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6045 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6046 */ 6047 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6048 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6049 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6050 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6051 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6052 }; 6053 6054 /** 6055 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6056 * 6057 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6058 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6059 * requests. 6060 * 6061 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6062 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6063 * one of them can be used in the request. 6064 * 6065 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6066 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6067 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6068 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6069 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6070 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6071 * when really needed 6072 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6073 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6074 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6075 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6076 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6077 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6078 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6079 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6080 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6081 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6082 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6083 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6084 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6085 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6086 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6087 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6088 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6089 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6090 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6091 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6092 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6093 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6094 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6095 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6096 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6097 * impacted with this flag. 6098 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6099 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6100 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6101 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6102 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6103 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6104 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6105 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6106 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6107 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6108 * possible. 6109 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6110 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6111 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6112 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6113 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6114 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6115 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6116 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6117 */ 6118 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6119 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6120 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6121 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6122 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6123 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6124 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6125 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6126 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6127 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6128 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6129 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6130 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6131 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6132 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6133 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6134 }; 6135 6136 /** 6137 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6138 * 6139 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6140 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6141 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6142 * 6143 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6144 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6145 * in ACL to authenticate. 6146 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6147 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6148 */ 6149 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6150 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6151 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6152 }; 6153 6154 /** 6155 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6156 * 6157 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6158 * 6159 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6160 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6161 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6162 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6163 */ 6164 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6165 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6166 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6167 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6168 6169 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6170 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6171 }; 6172 6173 /** 6174 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6175 * 6176 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6177 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6178 * 6179 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6180 * now unusable. 6181 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6182 * the channel is now available. 6183 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6184 * change to the channel status. 6185 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6186 * over, channel becomes usable. 6187 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6188 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6189 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6190 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6191 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6192 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6193 */ 6194 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6195 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6196 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6197 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6198 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6199 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6200 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6201 }; 6202 6203 /** 6204 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6205 * 6206 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6207 * 6208 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6209 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6210 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6211 * is therefore marked as not available. 6212 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6213 */ 6214 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6215 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6216 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6217 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6218 }; 6219 6220 /** 6221 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6222 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6223 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6224 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6225 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6226 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6227 */ 6228 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6229 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6230 }; 6231 6232 /** 6233 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6234 * 6235 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6236 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6237 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6238 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6239 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6240 */ 6241 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6242 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6243 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6244 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6245 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6246 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6247 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6248 }; 6249 6250 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6251 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6252 6253 /** 6254 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6255 * 6256 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6257 * 6258 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6259 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6260 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6261 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6262 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6263 */ 6264 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6265 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6266 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6267 }; 6268 6269 /* 6270 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6271 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6272 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6273 */ 6274 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6275 6276 /** 6277 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6278 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6279 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6280 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6281 * added to this file when needed. 6282 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6283 */ 6284 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6285 __u32 vendor_id; 6286 __u32 subcmd; 6287 }; 6288 6289 /** 6290 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6291 * 6292 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6293 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6294 * 6295 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6296 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6297 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6298 */ 6299 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6300 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6301 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6302 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6303 }; 6304 6305 /** 6306 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6307 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6308 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6309 * seconds (u32). 6310 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6311 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6312 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6313 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6314 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6315 * currently defined 6316 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6317 */ 6318 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6319 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6320 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6321 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6322 6323 /* keep last */ 6324 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6325 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6326 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6327 }; 6328 6329 /** 6330 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6331 * 6332 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6333 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6334 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6335 */ 6336 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6337 __u8 band; 6338 __s8 delta; 6339 } __attribute__((packed)); 6340 6341 /** 6342 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6343 * 6344 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6345 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6346 * is requested. 6347 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6348 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6349 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6350 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6351 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6352 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6353 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6354 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6355 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6356 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6357 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6358 * 6359 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6360 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6361 * which the driver shall use. 6362 */ 6363 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6364 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6365 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6366 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6367 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6368 6369 /* keep last */ 6370 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6371 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6372 }; 6373 6374 /** 6375 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6376 * 6377 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6378 * 6379 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6380 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6381 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6382 */ 6383 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6384 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6385 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6386 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6387 6388 /* keep last */ 6389 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6390 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6391 }; 6392 6393 /** 6394 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6395 * 6396 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6397 * 6398 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6399 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6400 */ 6401 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6402 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6403 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6404 }; 6405 6406 /** 6407 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6408 * 6409 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6410 * 6411 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6412 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6413 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6414 */ 6415 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6416 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6417 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6418 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6419 }; 6420 6421 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6422 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6423 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6424 6425 /** 6426 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6427 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6428 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6429 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6430 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6431 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6432 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6433 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6434 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6435 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6436 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6437 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6438 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6439 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6440 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6441 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6442 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6443 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6444 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6445 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6446 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6447 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6448 * This is a flag. 6449 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6450 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6451 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6452 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6453 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6454 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6455 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6456 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6457 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6458 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6459 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6460 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6461 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6462 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6463 * 6464 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6465 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6466 */ 6467 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6468 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6469 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6470 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6471 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6472 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6473 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6474 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6475 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6476 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6477 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6478 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6479 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6480 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6481 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6482 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6483 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6484 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6485 6486 /* keep last */ 6487 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6488 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6489 }; 6490 6491 /** 6492 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6493 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6494 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6495 * This is a flag. 6496 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6497 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6498 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6499 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6500 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6501 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6502 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6503 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6504 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6505 */ 6506 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6507 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6508 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6509 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6510 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6511 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6512 6513 /* keep last */ 6514 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6515 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6516 }; 6517 6518 /** 6519 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6520 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6521 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6522 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6523 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6524 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6525 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6526 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6527 * 6528 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6529 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6530 */ 6531 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6532 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6533 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6534 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6535 6536 /* keep last */ 6537 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6538 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6539 }; 6540 6541 /** 6542 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6543 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6544 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6545 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6546 */ 6547 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6548 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6549 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6550 }; 6551 6552 /** 6553 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6554 * responder attributes 6555 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6556 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6557 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6558 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6559 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6560 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6561 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6562 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6563 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6564 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6565 */ 6566 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6567 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6568 6569 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6570 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6571 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6572 6573 /* keep last */ 6574 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6575 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6576 }; 6577 6578 /* 6579 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6580 * 6581 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6582 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6583 * 6584 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6585 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6586 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6587 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6588 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6589 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6590 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6591 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6592 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6593 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6594 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6595 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6596 * phase with the responder (u32) 6597 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6598 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6599 * FTM slot (u32) 6600 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6601 * scheduled window (u32) 6602 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6603 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6604 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6605 */ 6606 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6607 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6608 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6609 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6610 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6611 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6612 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6613 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6614 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6615 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6616 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6617 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6618 6619 /* keep last */ 6620 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6621 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6622 }; 6623 6624 /** 6625 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6626 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6627 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6628 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6629 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6630 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6631 */ 6632 enum nl80211_preamble { 6633 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6634 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6635 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6636 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6637 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6638 }; 6639 6640 /** 6641 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6642 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6643 * these numbers also for attributes 6644 * 6645 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6646 * 6647 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6648 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6649 */ 6650 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6651 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6652 6653 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6654 6655 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6656 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6657 }; 6658 6659 /** 6660 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6661 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6662 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6663 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6664 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6665 * reason may be available in the response data 6666 */ 6667 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6668 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6669 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6670 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6671 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6672 }; 6673 6674 /** 6675 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6676 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6677 * 6678 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6679 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6680 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6681 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6682 * (flag attribute) 6683 * 6684 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6685 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6686 */ 6687 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6688 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6689 6690 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6691 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6692 6693 /* keep last */ 6694 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6695 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6696 }; 6697 6698 /** 6699 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6700 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6701 * 6702 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6703 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6704 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6705 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6706 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6707 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6708 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6709 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6710 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6711 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6712 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6713 * (u64, usec) 6714 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6715 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6716 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6717 * result. 6718 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6719 * 6720 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6721 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6722 */ 6723 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6724 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6725 6726 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6727 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6728 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6729 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6730 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6731 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6732 6733 /* keep last */ 6734 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6735 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6736 }; 6737 6738 /** 6739 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6740 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6741 * 6742 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6743 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6744 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6745 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6746 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6747 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6748 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6749 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6750 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6751 * 6752 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6753 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6754 */ 6755 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6756 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6757 6758 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6759 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6760 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6761 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6762 6763 /* keep last */ 6764 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6765 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6766 }; 6767 6768 /** 6769 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6770 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6771 * 6772 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6773 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6774 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6775 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6776 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6777 * measurement results 6778 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6779 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6780 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6781 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6782 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6783 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6784 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6785 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6786 * sub-attributes taken from 6787 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6788 * 6789 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6790 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6791 */ 6792 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6793 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6794 6795 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6796 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6797 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6798 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6799 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6800 6801 /* keep last */ 6802 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6803 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6804 }; 6805 6806 /** 6807 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6808 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6809 * 6810 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6811 * is supported 6812 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6813 * mode is supported 6814 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6815 * data can be requested during the measurement 6816 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6817 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6818 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6819 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6820 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6821 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6822 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6823 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6824 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6825 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6826 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6827 * is valid) 6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6829 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6830 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6831 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6832 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6833 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6834 * 6835 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6836 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6837 */ 6838 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6839 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6840 6841 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6842 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6843 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6844 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6845 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6846 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6847 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6848 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6849 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6850 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6851 6852 /* keep last */ 6853 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6854 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6855 }; 6856 6857 /** 6858 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6859 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6860 * 6861 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6862 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6863 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6864 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6865 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6866 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6867 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6868 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6869 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6870 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6871 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6872 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6873 * requested per burst 6874 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6875 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6876 * (u8, default 3) 6877 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6878 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6879 * (flag) 6880 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6881 * measurement (flag). 6882 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6883 * mutually exclusive. 6884 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6885 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6886 * ranging will be used. 6887 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6888 * ranging measurement (flag) 6889 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6890 * mutually exclusive. 6891 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6892 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6893 * ranging will be used. 6894 * 6895 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6896 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6897 */ 6898 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6899 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6900 6901 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6902 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6903 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6904 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6905 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6906 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6907 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6908 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6909 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6910 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6911 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6912 6913 /* keep last */ 6914 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6915 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6916 }; 6917 6918 /** 6919 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6920 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6921 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6923 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6924 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6925 * try and get no response) 6926 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6927 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6928 * received 6929 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6930 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6932 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6933 */ 6934 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6935 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6936 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6937 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6938 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6939 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6940 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6941 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6942 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6943 }; 6944 6945 /** 6946 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6947 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6948 * 6949 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6950 * (u32, optional) 6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6952 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6953 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6954 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6955 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6956 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6957 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6958 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6959 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6960 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6961 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6962 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6963 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6964 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6965 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6967 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6968 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6969 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6970 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6971 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6972 * attributes) 6973 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6974 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6975 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6976 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6977 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6978 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6979 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6980 * optional) 6981 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6982 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6983 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6984 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6985 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6986 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6987 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6988 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6989 * Type 8. 6990 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6991 * (binary, optional); 6992 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6993 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6994 * Type 11. 6995 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6996 * 6997 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6998 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6999 */ 7000 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7001 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7002 7003 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7004 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7005 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7006 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7007 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7008 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7009 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7010 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7011 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7012 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7013 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7014 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7015 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7016 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7017 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7018 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7019 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7020 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7021 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7022 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7023 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7024 7025 /* keep last */ 7026 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7027 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7028 }; 7029 7030 /** 7031 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7032 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7033 * 7034 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7035 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7036 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7037 * tx power offset. 7038 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7039 * values used by members of the SRG. 7040 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7041 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7042 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7043 * 7044 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7045 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7046 */ 7047 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7048 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7049 7050 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7051 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7052 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7053 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7054 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7055 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7056 7057 /* keep last */ 7058 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7059 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7060 }; 7061 7062 /** 7063 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7064 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7065 * 7066 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7067 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7068 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7069 * 7070 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7071 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7072 */ 7073 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7074 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7075 7076 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7077 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7078 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7079 7080 /* keep last */ 7081 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7082 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7083 }; 7084 7085 /** 7086 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7087 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7088 * 7089 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7090 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7091 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7092 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7093 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7094 * 7095 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7096 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7097 */ 7098 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7099 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7100 7101 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7102 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7103 7104 /* keep last */ 7105 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7106 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7107 }; 7108 7109 /** 7110 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7111 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7112 * 7113 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7114 * 7115 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7116 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7117 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7118 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7119 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7120 * frame including the headers. 7121 * 7122 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7123 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7124 */ 7125 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7126 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7127 7128 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7129 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7130 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7131 7132 /* keep last */ 7133 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7134 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7135 }; 7136 7137 /* 7138 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7139 * mandatory fields. 7140 */ 7141 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7142 7143 /** 7144 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7145 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7146 * 7147 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7148 * 7149 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7150 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7151 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7152 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7153 * frame template (binary). 7154 * 7155 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7156 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7157 */ 7158 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7159 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7160 7161 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7162 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7163 7164 /* keep last */ 7165 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7166 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7167 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7168 }; 7169 7170 /** 7171 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7172 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7173 * used. 7174 * 7175 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7176 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7177 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7178 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7179 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7180 * can be used. 7181 */ 7182 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7183 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7184 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7185 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7186 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7187 }; 7188 7189 /** 7190 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7191 * 7192 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7193 * 7194 */ 7195 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7196 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7197 7198 /* add new type here */ 7199 7200 /* Keep last */ 7201 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7202 }; 7203 7204 /** 7205 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7206 * 7207 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7208 * 7209 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7210 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7211 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7212 * 7213 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7214 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7215 * 7216 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7217 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7218 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7219 * 7220 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7221 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7222 * 7223 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7224 */ 7225 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7226 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7227 7228 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7229 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7230 7231 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7232 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7233 }; 7234 7235 /** 7236 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7237 * 7238 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7239 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7240 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7241 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7242 * 7243 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7244 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7245 * is applied to this range. 7246 * 7247 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7248 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7249 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7250 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7251 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7252 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7253 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7254 * 7255 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7256 * 7257 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7258 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7259 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7260 * 7261 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7262 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7263 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7264 * 7265 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7266 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7267 */ 7268 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7269 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7270 7271 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7272 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7273 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7274 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7275 7276 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7277 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7278 }; 7279 7280 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7281